1 #ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H
2 #define __LINUX_NL80211_H
4 * 802.11 netlink interface public header
6 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
7 * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
8 * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com>
9 * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch>
10 * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
11 * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
12 * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com>
13 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH
14 * Copyright (C) 2018 Intel Corporation
16 * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
17 * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
18 * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
20 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
21 * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
22 * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
23 * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
24 * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
25 * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
26 * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
31 * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please
32 * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so
33 * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI.
35 * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in
36 * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there
37 * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are
38 * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API
39 * can actually be identified and removed.
40 * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file.
43 #include <linux/types.h>
45 #define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211"
47 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG "config"
48 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN "scan"
49 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG "regulatory"
50 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME "mlme"
51 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR "vendor"
52 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN "nan"
53 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE "testmode"
56 * DOC: Station handling
58 * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN
59 * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved
60 * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN).
61 * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added
64 * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's
67 * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS
68 * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows:
69 * - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate
70 * or capability information, this just exists to avoid race conditions
71 * - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid
72 * to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same
73 * time mark it authorized.
74 * - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used
75 * - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down
76 * the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK)
78 * TODO: need more info for other interface types
82 * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support
84 * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace
85 * management entities such as wpa_supplicant react to management frames
86 * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example,
87 * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel
88 * for various reasons.
90 * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations
91 * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to
92 * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a
93 * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those
94 * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the
95 * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility
98 * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the
99 * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy
100 * attributes so applications know what to expect.
102 * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active,
103 * these registrations are ignored until the interface type is
104 * changed again. This means that changing the interface type can
105 * lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but
106 * any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they
107 * will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames.
109 * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required
110 * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking,
111 * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame was transmitted, its
112 * status is indicated to the sending socket.
114 * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions
119 * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities
121 * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs, they can have
122 * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this
123 * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions
124 * on the types of concurrency that are supported.
126 * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in
127 * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the
128 * types there no concurrency is implied.
130 * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed:
131 * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in
132 * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's
133 * an additional list of these, they can be added at any time and
134 * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN
135 * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list
136 * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute.
138 * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is
139 * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically,
140 * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the
141 * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of
142 * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions
143 * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported
144 * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially
145 * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
147 * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual
148 * interfaces that a given device supports.
152 * DOC: packet coalesce support
154 * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast
155 * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the
156 * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing
157 * and power consumption.
159 * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts
160 * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some
161 * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the
162 * following events occur.
163 * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum
164 * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule.
165 * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches it's limit.
166 * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules.
168 * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce
170 * a) Maximum coalescing delay
171 * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched
172 * c) Condition for coalescence. pattern 'match' or 'no match'
173 * Multiple such rules can be created.
177 * DOC: WPA/WPA2 EAPOL handshake offload
179 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK flag drivers
180 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2
181 * preshared key authentication. In %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the preshared
182 * key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers supporting
183 * this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when no preshared
184 * key material is provided, for example when that driver does not
185 * support setting the temporal keys through %CMD_NEW_KEY.
187 * Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X flag can be
188 * set by drivers indicating offload support of the PTK/GTK EAPOL
189 * handshakes during 802.1X authentication. In order to use the offload
190 * the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT should have %NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS
191 * attribute flag. Drivers supporting this offload may reject the
192 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when the attribute flag is not present.
194 * For 802.1X the PMK or PMK-R0 are set by providing %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
195 * using %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support also
196 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME must be provided.
200 * DOC: FILS shared key authentication offload
202 * FILS shared key authentication offload can be advertized by drivers by
203 * setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support
204 * FILS shared key authentication offload should be able to construct the
205 * authentication and association frames for FILS shared key authentication and
206 * eventually do a key derivation as per IEEE 802.11ai. The below additional
207 * parameters should be given to driver in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and/or in
208 * %NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS.
209 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME - used to construct keyname_nai
210 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM - used to construct keyname_nai
211 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used to construct erp message
212 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK - used to generate the rIK and rMSK
213 * rIK should be used to generate an authentication tag on the ERP message and
214 * rMSK should be used to derive a PMKSA.
215 * rIK, rMSK should be generated and keyname_nai, sequence number should be used
216 * as specified in IETF RFC 6696.
218 * When FILS shared key authentication is completed, driver needs to provide the
219 * below additional parameters to userspace, which can be either after setting
220 * up a connection or after roaming.
221 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - used for key renewal
222 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used in further EAP-RP exchanges
223 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID - used to identify the PMKSA used/generated
224 * %Nl80211_ATTR_PMK - used to update PMKSA cache in userspace
225 * The PMKSA can be maintained in userspace persistently so that it can be used
226 * later after reboots or wifi turn off/on also.
228 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the cache identifier advertized by a FILS
229 * capable AP supporting PMK caching. It specifies the scope within which the
230 * PMKSAs are cached in an ESS. %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and
231 * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA are enhanced to allow support for PMKSA caching based
232 * on FILS cache identifier. Additionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK is used with
233 * %NL80211_SET_PMKSA to specify the PMK corresponding to a PMKSA for driver to
234 * use in a FILS shared key connection with PMKSA caching.
238 * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands
240 * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors
242 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request
243 * to get a list of all present wiphys.
244 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or
245 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
246 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ (and the
247 * attributes determining the channel width; this is used for setting
248 * monitor mode channel), %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
249 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
250 * and/or %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD.
251 * However, for setting the channel, see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL
252 * instead, the support here is for backward compatibility only.
253 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request
254 * or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and
255 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
256 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes
257 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
259 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration;
260 * either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a
261 * single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported.
262 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires
263 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE.
264 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response
265 * to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
266 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also
267 * be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface,
268 * then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and
269 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME.
270 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes
271 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from
272 * userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires
273 * attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
275 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified
276 * by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
277 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
278 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD.
279 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
280 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
281 * and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes.
282 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX
283 * or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
285 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used)
286 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface
287 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL
288 * attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses
289 * internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE,
290 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP.
291 * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters
292 * are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that
293 * do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
294 * %NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
295 * %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE,
296 * %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
297 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
298 * %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
299 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS.
300 * The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the
301 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel width.
302 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
303 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface
304 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP
306 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by
307 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
308 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by
309 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
310 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the
311 * the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
312 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
313 * or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified
314 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and
315 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type
316 * of disconnection indication should be sent to the station
317 * (Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that
320 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to
321 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
322 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
323 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH: Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to
324 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
325 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
326 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by
327 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP.
328 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by
330 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PATH: Add a mesh path with given attributes to the
331 * the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
332 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PATH: Remove a mesh path identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
333 * or, if no MAC address given, all mesh paths, on the interface identified
334 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
335 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by
336 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
338 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set
339 * regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device
340 * has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the
341 * global regdomain will be returned.
342 * A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the
343 * regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel
344 * information will still be mended according to further hints from
345 * the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API
346 * is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as
347 * all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it).
348 * If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then
349 * its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory
350 * core is not used to help with compliance in this case.
351 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command
352 * after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory
353 * domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our
354 * current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides
355 * NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each
356 * regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes given by
357 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and
358 * %NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by
359 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and
360 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP.
361 * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain
362 * to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will
363 * store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it.
365 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the
366 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
368 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the
369 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
371 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The
372 * interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management
373 * frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be
374 * added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with
375 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be
376 * added to all specified management frames generated by
377 * kernel/firmware/driver.
378 * Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this
379 * point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this
380 * command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the
381 * option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
382 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
383 * NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
385 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results
386 * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters
387 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
388 * probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to
389 * specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will
391 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to
392 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group)
393 * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons,
394 * partial scan results may be available
396 * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain
397 * intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by
398 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is
399 * not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified,
400 * scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval.
401 * These attributes are mutually exculsive,
402 * i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if
403 * NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined.
404 * If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan
405 * plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet).
406 * Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS)
407 * are passed, they are used in the probe requests. For
408 * broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty
409 * string). If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and
410 * a passive scan is performed. %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
411 * if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not
412 * passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain
413 * are used. Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by
414 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute. The first cycle of the
415 * scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY
416 * is supplied. If the device supports multiple concurrent scheduled
417 * scans, it will allow such when the caller provides the flag attribute
418 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI to indicate user-space support for it.
419 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if
420 * scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon
421 * as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again.
422 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan
424 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has
425 * stopped. The driver may issue this event at any time during a
426 * scheduled scan. One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware
427 * does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running
428 * a scheduled scan. This event is also sent when the
429 * %NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface
430 * is brought down while a scheduled scan was running.
432 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey resuls, e.g. channel occupation
434 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to
435 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group)
437 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
438 * (for the BSSID), %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and optionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
439 * (PMK is used for PTKSA derivation in case of FILS shared key offload) or
440 * using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
441 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMK in case of FILS
442 * authentication where %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the identifier
443 * advertized by a FILS capable AP identifying the scope of PMKSA in an
445 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
446 * (for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID or using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
447 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID in case of FILS
449 * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries.
451 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain
452 * has been changed and provides details of the request information
453 * that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request
454 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx
455 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if
456 * the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or
457 * %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain
458 * set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is
459 * %NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on
460 * to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2).
461 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon
462 * has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or
463 * any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel
464 * where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example
465 * if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your
466 * driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while
467 * doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not
468 * on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP
469 * or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will
470 * never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always
471 * enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had
472 * either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to
473 * userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from
474 * (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred
475 * before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER)
476 * the beacon hint was processed.
478 * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification.
479 * This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and
480 * as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the
481 * authentication process.
482 * When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the
483 * interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and
484 * BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify
485 * the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication
486 * request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
487 * to specify the frequence of the channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
488 * is used to specify the authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to
489 * define IEs (VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs)
490 * to be added to the frame.
491 * When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication
492 * frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the
493 * frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct
494 * state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the
495 * MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The
496 * included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame
497 * (including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is
498 * also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that
499 * case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a
500 * %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which
501 * pending authentication timed out).
502 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like
503 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation
504 * (similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request,
505 * MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The
506 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the
507 * request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not
508 * included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is
510 * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like
511 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to
512 * MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication
514 * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like
515 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to
516 * MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives).
518 * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael
519 * MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the
520 * event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of
521 * the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key
522 * type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and
523 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this
524 * event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive
526 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a
527 * FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found)
528 * and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those
529 * should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be
530 * executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ
531 * may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval,
532 * given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not
533 * given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms).
534 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is
535 * determined by the network interface.
537 * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute
538 * to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through
541 * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command
542 * requests to connect to a specified network but without separating
543 * auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a
544 * %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association
545 * IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,
546 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
547 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
548 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
549 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and
550 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT.
551 * If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are
552 * restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming
553 * within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT
554 * can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while
555 * allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to
556 * ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one
557 * set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing
558 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict
559 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT).
560 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within
561 * the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with
562 * a different BSS is desired.
563 * Background scan period can optionally be
564 * specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
565 * if not specified default background scan configuration
566 * in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled.
567 * This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan.
568 * It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the
569 * connection is established or failed to be established. This can be
570 * determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success,
571 * non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the
572 * event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate
573 * authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP.
574 * Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as
575 * well to remain backwards compatible.
576 * When establishing a security association, drivers that support 4 way
577 * handshake offload should send %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event when
578 * the 4 way handshake is completed successfully.
579 * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: Notification indicating the card/driver roamed by itself.
580 * When a security association was established with the new AP (e.g. if
581 * the FT protocol was used for roaming or the driver completed the 4 way
582 * handshake), this event should be followed by an
583 * %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event.
584 * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify
585 * userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other
586 * reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and
587 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used.
589 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices
590 * associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow.
592 * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified
593 * channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do
594 * off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for
595 * a response while being associated to an AP on another channel.
596 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus
597 * radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the
598 * frequency for the operation.
599 * %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds
600 * to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to
601 * notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the
602 * driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the
604 * When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
605 * that will be included with any events pertaining to this request;
606 * the cookie is also used to cancel the request.
607 * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a
608 * pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been
609 * completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration.
610 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the
611 * radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to
612 * uniquely identify the request.
613 * This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested
614 * remain-on-channel duration has expired.
616 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX
617 * rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface
618 * and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates.
620 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames
621 * (via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command
622 * requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for
623 * backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames)
624 * and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame
625 * that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or
626 * four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration
627 * cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink
628 * socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made.
629 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for
630 * backward compatibility
631 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This
632 * command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and
633 * as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in
634 * kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a
635 * user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
636 * frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
637 * to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was
638 * received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel
639 * or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel
640 * and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time
641 * specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation
642 * returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the
643 * TX status event pertaining to the TX request.
644 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
645 * management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band.
646 * %NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA
647 * counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute
648 * is used during CSA period.
649 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this
650 * command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait
651 * time if it is known that it is no longer necessary.
652 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility.
653 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame
654 * transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies
655 * the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the
656 * frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged
658 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for
659 * backward compatibility.
661 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
662 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
664 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command
665 * is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger
667 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This
668 * command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was
670 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
671 * and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface
672 * (identifed by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on.
673 * In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism
674 * with which it switches channels is implementation-defined.
675 * When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while
676 * no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation
677 * of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take
678 * precedence when they are used.
680 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface.
682 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform
683 * multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets
684 * with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header)
685 * will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast)
686 * MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may
687 * break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop
688 * unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability
689 * to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases.
690 * This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of
691 * type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces
692 * (%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode.
693 * If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this
694 * command, the feature is disabled.
696 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial
697 * mesh config parameters may be given.
698 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the
699 * network is determined by the network interface.
701 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame
702 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
703 * deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
704 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame
705 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
706 * disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
708 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a
709 * beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer. This is only
710 * sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer
711 * candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
712 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or
713 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set. On reception of this
714 * notification, userspace may decide to create a new station
715 * (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). To stop this notification from
716 * reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the
717 * new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later
718 * depending on the authentication result.
720 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
721 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
722 * Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports
723 * various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this
724 * command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For
725 * more background information, see
726 * http://wireless.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN.
727 * The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification
728 * from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the
729 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason
730 * for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present
731 * in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the
732 * wakeup but reports that it was woken up.
734 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver
735 * the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This
736 * feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data
737 * is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and
738 * contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened,
739 * this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to
740 * inform userspace of the new replay counter.
742 * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace
743 * of PMKSA caching dandidates.
745 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup).
746 * In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take
747 * actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one).
748 * In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested
749 * operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and
750 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with
751 * %NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN).
752 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The
753 * %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be
754 * sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as
755 * 802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012
756 * 8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently
757 * supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES
758 * and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in
759 * &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode.
761 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP
762 * (or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to
763 * implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3
764 * frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame
766 * For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and
767 * other attributes like the interface index are present.
768 * If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can
769 * only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription
770 * is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events.
772 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the
773 * associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame
774 * and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly
775 * to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener.
777 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface
778 * by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is
779 * acknowleged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses
780 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a
781 * direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match
782 * up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and
783 * has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed.
785 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from
786 * other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement
787 * OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME
788 * messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register.
790 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether
791 * No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied.
793 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels
794 * independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating
795 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the
796 * attributes determining channel width. This indication may also be
797 * sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA
798 * from the remote AP) is completed;
800 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch
801 * has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator
802 * (ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or
803 * initiated on our own). It indicates that
804 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
805 * after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's. The userspace may
806 * decide to react to this indication by requesting other
807 * interfaces to change channel as well.
809 * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by
810 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with
811 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the
812 * P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and
813 * public action frame TX.
814 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by
815 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier.
817 * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to
818 * notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a
819 * station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON
822 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames
823 * for IBSS or MESH vif.
825 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control.
826 * This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC
827 * address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in
828 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in
829 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it
830 * is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver
831 * will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This
832 * command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its
833 * ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP.
835 * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once
836 * a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished
837 * or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with
838 * this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars
839 * while operating on this channel.
840 * %NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the
843 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features,
844 * i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features.
845 * Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap.
847 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition
848 * Information Element to the WLAN driver
850 * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver
851 * to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along
852 * with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report
853 * received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE).
855 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running
856 * a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to
859 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can
860 * return back to normal.
862 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules.
863 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules.
865 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the
866 * the new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA)
867 * in the beacon for some time (as defined in the
868 * %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the
869 * new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using
870 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel
871 * width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform
872 * other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel
873 * switch is complete.
875 * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified
876 * by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in
877 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in
878 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA.
879 * For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is
880 * used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions
881 * (&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands.
882 * This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes.
884 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values.
885 * The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If
886 * that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this
887 * QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an
888 * association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart.
890 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given
891 * %NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO
892 * and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters.
893 * Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by
894 * userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets
895 * up the TX TS in the driver/device.
896 * If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks
897 * if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to
898 * avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would
899 * make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still
900 * fail even if the check was successful.
901 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID
902 * and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this
903 * before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating
904 * or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case.
906 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to
907 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
908 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
910 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and
911 * bandwidth of a channel must be given.
912 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the
913 * network is determined by the network interface.
915 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer,
916 * identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is
917 * provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining
918 * channel width/type. The target operating class is given via
919 * %NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS.
920 * The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching
921 * operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the
923 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS
924 * peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel
925 * when this command completes.
927 * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used
928 * as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom
931 * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is
932 * not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through
933 * cfg80211_scan_done().
935 * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its
936 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been
937 * previously created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it
938 * has been started, the NAN interface will create or join a
939 * cluster. This command must have a valid
940 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional
941 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS attributes. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is
942 * omitted or set to 0, it means don't-care and the device will
943 * decide what to use. After this command NAN functions can be
945 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by
946 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface.
947 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined
948 * with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this
949 * operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id
950 * (%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
951 * of the function upon success.
952 * Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right
953 * way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination
954 * event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new
955 * function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one
956 * which just terminated.
957 * This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command
958 * returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes
959 * the response to this command.
960 * Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well.
961 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie.
962 * This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is
963 * terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID
964 * and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes.
965 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN
966 * configuration. NAN must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN
967 * was executed). It must contain at least one of the following
968 * attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
969 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is omitted, the
970 * current configuration is not changed. If it is present but
971 * set to zero, the configuration is changed to don't-care
972 * (i.e. the device can decide what to do).
973 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_FUNC_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported.
974 * This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and
975 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE.
977 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters
978 * for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal
979 * BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it
980 * does not result in a change for the current association. Currently,
981 * only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command.
983 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, set the PMK or PMK-R0
984 * for the given authenticator address (specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
985 * When %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is set, %NL80211_ATTR_PMK specifies the
986 * PMK-R0, otherwise it specifies the PMK.
987 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, delete the previously
988 * configured PMK for the authenticator address identified by
990 * @NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED: An event that indicates that the 4 way
991 * handshake was completed successfully by the driver. The BSSID is
992 * specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Drivers that support 4 way handshake
993 * offload should send this event after indicating 802.11 association with
994 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT or %NL80211_CMD_ROAM. If the 4 way handshake failed
995 * %NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT should be indicated instead.
997 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME: Control Port (e.g. PAE) frame TX request
998 * and RX notification. This command is used both as a request to transmit
999 * a control port frame and as a notification that a control port frame
1000 * has been received. %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
1001 * frame contents. The frame is the raw EAPoL data, without ethernet or
1003 * When used as an event indication %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
1004 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC are added
1005 * indicating the protocol type of the received frame; whether the frame
1006 * was received unencrypted and the MAC address of the peer respectively.
1008 * @NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB: Request that the regdb firmware file is reloaded.
1010 * @NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH: This interface is exclusively defined for host
1011 * drivers that do not define separate commands for authentication and
1012 * association, but rely on user space for the authentication to happen.
1013 * This interface acts both as the event request (driver to user space)
1014 * to trigger the authentication and command response (userspace to
1015 * driver) to indicate the authentication status.
1017 * User space uses the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT command to the host driver to
1018 * trigger a connection. The host driver selects a BSS and further uses
1019 * this interface to offload only the authentication part to the user
1020 * space. Authentication frames are passed between the driver and user
1021 * space through the %NL80211_CMD_FRAME interface. Host driver proceeds
1022 * further with the association after getting successful authentication
1023 * status. User space indicates the authentication status through
1024 * %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute in %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH
1025 * command interface.
1027 * Host driver reports this status on an authentication failure to the
1028 * user space through the connect result as the user space would have
1029 * initiated the connection through the connect request.
1031 * @NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED: An event that notify station's
1032 * ht opmode or vht opmode changes using any of %NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
1033 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,%NL80211_ATTR_NSS attributes with its
1034 * address(specified in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
1036 * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number
1037 * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use
1039 enum nl80211_commands {
1040 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
1043 NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, /* can dump */
1044 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY,
1045 NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY,
1046 NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY,
1048 NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE, /* can dump */
1049 NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE,
1050 NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE,
1051 NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE,
1053 NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY,
1054 NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY,
1055 NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY,
1056 NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY,
1058 NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON,
1059 NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON,
1060 NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
1061 NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
1062 NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
1063 NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
1065 NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION,
1066 NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION,
1067 NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION,
1068 NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION,
1070 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH,
1071 NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH,
1072 NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH,
1073 NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH,
1075 NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS,
1077 NL80211_CMD_SET_REG,
1078 NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG,
1080 NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG,
1081 NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG,
1083 NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */,
1085 NL80211_CMD_GET_REG,
1087 NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN,
1088 NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
1089 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS,
1090 NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED,
1092 NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE,
1094 NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE,
1095 NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
1096 NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1097 NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE,
1099 NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE,
1101 NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT,
1103 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS,
1104 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS,
1106 NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
1108 NL80211_CMD_CONNECT,
1110 NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT,
1112 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS,
1114 NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY,
1115 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS,
1117 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA,
1118 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA,
1119 NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA,
1121 NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
1122 NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
1124 NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK,
1126 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
1127 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
1129 NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
1130 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1131 NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1133 NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE,
1134 NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE,
1136 NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM,
1137 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM,
1139 NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL,
1140 NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER,
1142 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL,
1144 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH,
1145 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH,
1147 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1148 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE,
1150 NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE,
1152 NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN,
1153 NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN,
1155 NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN,
1156 NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN,
1157 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS,
1158 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED,
1160 NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD,
1162 NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
1164 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER,
1165 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT,
1167 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME,
1169 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT,
1171 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS,
1173 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME,
1175 NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP,
1177 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY,
1179 NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE,
1180 NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE,
1182 NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED,
1184 NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE,
1186 NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL,
1188 NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT,
1190 NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
1192 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES,
1193 NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT,
1195 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START,
1196 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP,
1198 NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE,
1199 NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE,
1201 NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1205 NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP,
1207 NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS,
1208 NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS,
1210 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP,
1212 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB,
1213 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB,
1215 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY,
1217 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1218 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1220 NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE,
1222 NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN,
1224 NL80211_CMD_START_NAN,
1225 NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN,
1226 NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION,
1227 NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION,
1228 NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG,
1229 NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH,
1231 NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST,
1233 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS,
1235 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK,
1236 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK,
1238 NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
1240 NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB,
1242 NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH,
1244 NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED,
1246 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME,
1248 /* add new commands above here */
1250 /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */
1251 __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST,
1252 NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1
1256 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them
1259 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS
1260 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE
1261 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE
1262 #define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE
1263 #define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1264 #define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE
1265 #define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE
1266 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT
1268 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
1270 /* source-level API compatibility */
1271 #define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG
1272 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG
1273 #define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE
1276 * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes
1278 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors
1280 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf.
1281 * /sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index
1282 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming)
1283 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters
1284 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz,
1285 * defines the channel together with the (deprecated)
1286 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes
1287 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
1288 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2
1289 * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values
1290 * of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the
1291 * documentation of the enum for more information.
1292 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the
1293 * channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth
1294 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the
1295 * channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth
1296 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
1297 * if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included):
1298 * NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including
1300 * NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only
1301 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel
1302 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel
1303 * This attribute is now deprecated.
1304 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1305 * less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1306 * dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8
1307 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1308 * greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1309 * dot11ShortLongLimit; u8
1310 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum
1311 * length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable
1312 * fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32
1313 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length
1314 * larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range:
1315 * 0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32
1316 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11
1317 * section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8
1319 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on
1320 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name
1321 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype
1323 * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices
1324 * that don't have a netdev (u64)
1326 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses)
1328 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
1329 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
1331 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
1332 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
1333 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
1334 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
1335 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
1336 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key
1337 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the
1338 * default management key
1339 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or
1340 * other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used
1341 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or
1342 * other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used
1344 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU
1345 * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing
1346 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE
1347 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE
1349 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16)
1350 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1351 * &enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2)
1352 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by
1353 * IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16).
1354 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported
1355 * rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1356 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1357 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station
1358 * to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to to.
1359 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info
1360 * given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing
1361 * info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info.
1363 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands,
1364 * consisting of a nested array.
1366 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes).
1367 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link
1368 * (see &enum nl80211_plink_action).
1369 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path.
1370 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path
1371 * info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at
1372 * &enum nl80211_mpath_info.
1374 * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1375 * &enum nl80211_mntr_flags.
1377 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the
1378 * current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to.
1379 * For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel
1380 * to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can
1381 * also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set
1382 * regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the
1383 * IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country.
1384 * Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain
1385 * to a specific alpha2.
1386 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory
1389 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1)
1390 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
1392 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled
1394 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic
1395 * rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1396 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1398 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from
1399 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
1401 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all
1402 * supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number
1403 * of the interface mode.
1405 * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for
1406 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE.
1408 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with
1409 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE).
1411 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with
1412 * a single scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1413 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can
1414 * scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1415 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements
1416 * that can be added to a scan request
1417 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information
1418 * elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request
1419 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be
1420 * used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute.
1422 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz)
1423 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive
1424 * scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan
1425 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS
1427 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain
1428 * currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_*
1429 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently
1430 * set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*)
1432 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies
1433 * an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number)
1434 * that the driver for the given wiphy supports.
1436 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header
1437 * and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and
1438 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events
1439 * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets)
1440 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type,
1441 * represented as a u32
1442 * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and
1443 * %NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16
1445 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as
1448 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1449 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1450 * the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This
1451 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1452 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1453 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1454 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1455 * the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This
1456 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1457 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1459 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported
1462 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look
1463 * for other networks on different channels
1465 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this
1466 * is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event
1468 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is
1469 * used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32);
1470 * this attribute can be used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and
1471 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL is not allowed for
1472 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE since user space SME is expected and hence, it
1473 * must have decided whether to use management frame protection or not.
1474 * Setting %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL with a %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request will
1475 * let the driver (or the firmware) decide whether to use MFP or not.
1477 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a
1478 * &struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
1480 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls
1481 * IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in
1482 * station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1483 * request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until
1484 * authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by
1485 * default in station mode.
1486 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the
1487 * ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be
1488 * specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not
1489 * specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This
1490 * attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to
1491 * indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported.
1492 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with
1493 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom
1494 * ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted.
1495 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: A flag indicating whether control
1496 * port frames (e.g. of type given in %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE)
1497 * will be sent directly to the network interface or sent via the NL80211
1498 * socket. If this attribute is missing, then legacy behavior of sending
1499 * control port frames directly to the network interface is used. If the
1500 * flag is included, then control port frames are sent over NL80211 instead
1501 * using %CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME. If control port routing over NL80211 is
1502 * to be used then userspace must also use the %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
1505 * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver.
1506 * We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this.
1508 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT
1509 * event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to
1510 * a local disconnect request.
1511 * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
1513 * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating
1514 * that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to
1515 * indicate that the BSS is to use protection.
1517 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON
1518 * to indicate which unicast key ciphers will be used with the connection
1519 * (an array of u32).
1520 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1521 * indicate which group key cipher will be used with the connection (a
1523 * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1524 * indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using
1525 * (a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions).
1526 * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1527 * indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32).
1529 * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as
1530 * sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1531 * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as
1532 * sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1534 * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT
1535 * commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use
1536 * Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the
1537 * Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is
1538 * used for the initial association to an ESS.
1540 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with
1541 * %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1542 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect()
1543 * and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each
1544 * with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1546 * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace.
1548 * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for
1549 * dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being
1550 * dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has
1551 * obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that
1552 * all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it
1553 * changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated
1554 * completely from scratch.
1556 * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface
1558 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of
1559 * the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute
1560 * containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info.
1562 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching.
1563 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can
1564 * cache, a wiphy attribute.
1566 * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32.
1567 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that
1568 * specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the
1569 * remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32.
1571 * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects.
1573 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes
1574 * (enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The
1575 * enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested
1576 * data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all
1577 * rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute
1578 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP,
1579 * and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must
1580 * specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon.
1581 * The driver must also specify support for this with the extended
1582 * features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
1583 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT and
1584 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT.
1586 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain
1587 * at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME.
1588 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the
1589 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command.
1590 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1591 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1592 * information about which frame types can be transmitted with
1593 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
1594 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1595 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1596 * information about which frame types can be registered for RX.
1598 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was
1599 * acknowledged by the recipient.
1601 * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values.
1603 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a
1604 * nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes.
1606 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command
1607 * is requesting a local authentication/association state change without
1608 * invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with
1609 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1610 * NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
1612 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations
1613 * connected to this BSS.
1615 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See
1616 * &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values.
1617 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units.
1618 * This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING
1619 * for non-automatic settings.
1621 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly
1622 * means support for per-station GTKs.
1624 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting.
1625 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1626 * not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this
1627 * bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna.
1629 * Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first
1630 * bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n
1631 * drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to
1632 * a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if
1633 * a chain has diversity antennas wether diversity should be used or not.
1634 * HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be
1635 * derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask.
1636 * Non-802.11n drivers can derive wether to use diversity or not.
1637 * Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot
1638 * support by returning -EINVAL.
1640 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving.
1641 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1642 * not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap
1643 * the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna.
1644 * For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX.
1646 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1647 * for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters.
1649 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1650 * for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters.
1652 * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS
1654 * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be
1655 * transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match
1656 * the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this
1657 * flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an
1658 * nl80211 capability flag.
1660 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16)
1662 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
1663 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
1664 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
1666 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters. These cannot be
1667 * changed once the mesh is active.
1668 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute
1669 * containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params.
1670 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver
1671 * allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via
1672 * the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag.
1673 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in
1674 * &enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link
1675 * management state machine. @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or
1676 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled.
1678 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy
1679 * capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers
1680 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to
1681 * indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also
1682 * used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN
1685 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan
1688 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more
1689 * sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans. Only BSSs
1690 * that match any of the sets will be reported. These are
1691 * pass-thru filter rules.
1692 * For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a
1693 * set. Since not every hardware supports matching all types of
1694 * attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are
1695 * fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be
1696 * able to ignore them by itself.
1697 * Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but
1698 * this is only an optimization and the userspace application
1699 * needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway.
1700 * If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with
1701 * the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID
1702 * is included in the probe request, but the match attributes
1703 * will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned.
1704 * If ommited, no filtering is done.
1706 * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported
1707 * interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes
1708 * defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
1709 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like
1710 * %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that
1711 * are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to
1712 * any restrictions in their number or combinations.
1714 * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information
1715 * necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data.
1717 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan,
1718 * nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry
1719 * being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but
1720 * without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1722 * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon
1723 * and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see
1724 * &enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32
1726 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame.
1727 * This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to
1728 * provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the
1729 * driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames.
1730 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association
1731 * Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and
1732 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into
1733 * (Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to
1734 * (Re)Association Request frames.
1736 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration
1737 * of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr.
1738 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working
1741 * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of
1742 * roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low.
1744 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching
1745 * candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr.
1747 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not
1748 * for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action
1749 * frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space
1750 * applications use this attribute.
1751 * This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and
1752 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands.
1754 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup
1755 * request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are
1756 * described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification.
1757 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a
1758 * TDLS conversation between two devices.
1759 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see
1760 * &enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8.
1761 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate
1762 * as a TDLS peer sta.
1763 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown
1764 * procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via
1765 * %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be
1766 * used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation.
1768 * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices
1769 * that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated
1770 * with support for the features listed in this attribute, see
1771 * &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features.
1773 * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells
1774 * the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this,
1775 * it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is
1776 * mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime.
1778 * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from
1779 * &enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information.
1780 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe
1781 * requests while operating in AP-mode.
1782 * This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for
1783 * offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr).
1785 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire
1786 * probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out,
1787 * to be filled by the FW.
1788 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT: Force HT capable interfaces to disable
1789 * this feature. Currently, only supported in mac80211 drivers.
1790 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the
1791 * ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid.
1792 * Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature.
1793 * The values that may be configured are:
1794 * MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40
1795 * AMPDU density and AMPDU factor.
1796 * All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored
1797 * by the driver as required. The actual values may be seen in
1798 * the station debugfs ht_caps file.
1800 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country
1801 * abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps
1802 * to one DFS region.
1804 * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of
1807 * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be
1808 * used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support
1809 * to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the staion entry from
1810 * the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the
1811 * capability to timeout the stations.
1813 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int);
1814 * this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to
1815 * received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
1817 * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds
1818 * or 0 to disable background scan.
1820 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from
1821 * userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from
1822 * a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source
1823 * was used to provide the hint. For the different types of
1824 * allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type.
1826 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected
1827 * the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason
1828 * enum has different reasons of connection failure.
1830 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames.
1831 * This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data),
1832 * excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the
1833 * Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with
1834 * authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into
1835 * the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the
1836 * initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and
1837 * Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data
1838 * for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition
1841 * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from
1842 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
1844 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32)
1846 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with
1847 * the START_AP and SET_BSS commands
1848 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the
1849 * START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1;
1850 * if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS
1851 * no change is made.
1853 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
1854 * defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode.
1856 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy,
1857 * carried in a u32 attribute
1859 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for
1862 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum
1863 * number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC
1866 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace,
1867 * contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32).
1869 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver
1870 * has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See
1871 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information.
1872 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver
1873 * has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields.
1875 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to
1876 * the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD).
1878 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are
1879 * advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations
1882 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see
1883 * &enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32.
1885 * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports
1886 * receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple
1887 * messages, given with wiphy dump message
1889 * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier
1891 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information
1894 * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased
1895 * reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16).
1896 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which
1897 * the connection should have increased reliability (u16).
1899 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16).
1900 * This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being
1901 * allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to
1902 * update a TDLS peer STA entry.
1904 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information.
1906 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's
1907 * until the channel switch event.
1908 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission
1909 * must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch
1911 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information
1912 * for the time while performing a channel switch.
1913 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
1914 * switch counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL).
1915 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
1916 * switch counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP).
1918 * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32.
1919 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags.
1921 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels.
1923 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported
1924 * supported operating classes.
1926 * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space
1927 * controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in
1928 * %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS
1929 * channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required
1930 * to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the
1933 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
1934 * 5 MHz channel bandwidth.
1935 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
1936 * 10 MHz channel bandwidth.
1938 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode
1939 * Notification Element based on association request when used with
1940 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION or %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION (only when
1941 * %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported, or with TDLS);
1944 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if
1945 * %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet)
1946 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command
1947 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this
1948 * attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement
1949 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy
1950 * info, containing a nested array of possible events
1952 * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This
1953 * data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element
1954 * in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97.
1956 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS
1957 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS
1959 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many
1960 * associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32.
1961 * Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g.,
1962 * other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to
1963 * advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt
1964 * to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail.
1966 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which
1967 * should be updated when the frame is transmitted.
1968 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum
1969 * supported number of csa counters.
1971 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32.
1972 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability.
1974 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface
1975 * creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket
1976 * that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed.
1977 * If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be
1978 * owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will
1979 * be stopped when the socket is closed.
1980 * If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the
1981 * regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket
1982 * that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be
1983 * cleared when the socket is closed.
1984 * If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed
1985 * if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, NAN
1986 * notifications will be sent in unicast to that socket. Without this
1987 * attribute, the notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN
1989 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the
1990 * station will deauthenticate when the socket is closed.
1991 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS the IBSS will be automatically
1992 * torn down when the socket is closed.
1993 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH the mesh setup will be
1994 * automatically torn down when the socket is closed.
1995 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_START_AP the AP will be automatically
1996 * disabled when the socket is closed.
1998 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is
1999 * the TDLS link initiator.
2001 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection
2002 * shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be
2003 * used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests.
2004 * User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the
2005 * underlying device supports these minimal RRM features:
2006 * %NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES,
2007 * %NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET,
2008 * Or, if global RRM is supported, see:
2009 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM
2010 * If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the
2011 * association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability
2012 * flag in the association request's Capability Info field.
2014 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout
2015 * estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack
2016 * %NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower
2017 * drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled
2018 * setting valid value for coverage class.
2020 * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute)
2021 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute)
2022 * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds
2023 * (per second) (u16 attribute)
2025 * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see
2026 * &enum nl80211_smps_mode.
2028 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class
2030 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask
2032 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device
2033 * is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain
2034 * obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global
2035 * cfg80211 regdomain.
2037 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte
2038 * array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum
2039 * nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the
2040 * least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0
2041 * is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1
2042 * of byte 3 (u8 array).
2044 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be
2045 * returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY
2046 * may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio
2047 * statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.)
2048 * For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information
2049 * should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters
2050 * over all channels.
2052 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a
2053 * scheduled scan is started. Or the delay before a WoWLAN
2054 * net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the
2055 * system is suspended. This value is a u32, in seconds.
2057 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device
2058 * is operating in an indoor environment.
2060 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for
2061 * scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2062 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for
2063 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2064 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in
2065 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2066 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan.
2067 * Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval
2068 * between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely,
2069 * thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval
2070 * between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially.
2071 * Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan.
2072 * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate
2073 * in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request
2074 * connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start
2075 * a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only.
2076 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the
2077 * BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains
2078 * attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what
2079 * BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
2080 * it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for
2081 * BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware.
2083 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported
2084 * or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status
2086 * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
2088 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes:
2089 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
2090 * %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities per
2093 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO
2094 * groupID for monitor mode.
2095 * The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each
2096 * group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved),
2097 * each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in
2098 * that group and 0 for not being a member.
2099 * The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for
2101 * (smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger
2102 * group numbers on least significant bits.)
2103 * This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode.
2104 * Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO
2106 * to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero.
2107 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow
2108 * when using MU-MIMO air sniffer.
2109 * to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address
2110 * (e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF)
2112 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually
2113 * started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that
2114 * requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this
2115 * attribute must not be included).
2116 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which
2117 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set.
2118 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If
2119 * %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the
2120 * maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with
2121 * measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN
2122 * if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement.
2123 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates
2124 * that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is
2125 * mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration
2126 * and the actual measurement duration may be shorter.
2128 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is
2129 * used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state.
2131 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by
2132 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with
2133 * %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0.
2134 * Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and
2135 * should not be used during a normal device operation.
2136 * @NL80211_ATTR_BANDS: operating bands configuration. This is a u32
2137 * bitmask of BIT(NL80211_BAND_*) as described in %enum
2138 * nl80211_band. For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0
2139 * would be set. This attribute is used with
2140 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, and
2141 * it is optional. If no bands are set, it means don't-care and
2142 * the device will decide what to use.
2143 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See
2144 * &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested
2146 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute.
2147 * See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes.
2148 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame
2150 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association
2151 * Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet
2152 * STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce.
2154 * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast
2155 * packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute).
2157 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also
2158 * used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID.
2160 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which
2161 * other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current
2162 * connected BSS so that they get reported to user space.
2163 * This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to
2164 * other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than
2165 * the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid
2166 * unnecessary wakeups.
2168 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in
2169 * the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
2170 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparision to figure out
2171 * better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure
2172 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
2174 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out.
2175 * u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used,
2176 * e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event.
2178 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP)
2179 * username part of NAI used to refer keys rRK and rIK. This is used with
2180 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2182 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) realm part
2183 * of NAI specifying the domain name of the ER server. This is used with
2184 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2186 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM: Unsigned 16-bit ERP next sequence number
2187 * to use in ERP messages. This is used in generating the FILS wrapped data
2188 * for FILS authentication and is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2190 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) for the
2191 * NAI specified by %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME and
2192 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM. This is used for generating rIK and rMSK
2193 * from successful FILS authentication and is used with
2194 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2196 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID: A 2-octet identifier advertized by a FILS AP
2197 * identifying the scope of PMKSAs. This is used with
2198 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA.
2200 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK: attribute for passing PMK key material. Used with
2201 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA for the PMKSA identified by %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID.
2202 * For %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT it is used to provide PSK for offloading 4-way
2203 * handshake for WPA/WPA2-PSK networks. For 802.1X authentication it is
2204 * used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support this attribute
2205 * specifies the PMK-R0 if NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is included as well.
2207 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI: flag attribute which user-space shall use to
2208 * indicate that it supports multiple active scheduled scan requests.
2209 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS: indicates maximum number of scheduled
2210 * scan request that may be active for the device (u32).
2212 * @NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS: flag attribute which user-space can include
2213 * in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to indicate that for 802.1X authentication it
2214 * wants to use the supported offload of the 4-way handshake.
2215 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME: PMK-R0 Name for offloaded FT.
2216 * @NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED: (reserved)
2218 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION: Identify the requested external
2219 * authentication operation (u32 attribute with an
2220 * &enum nl80211_external_auth_action value). This is used with the
2221 * %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH request event.
2222 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: Flag attribute indicating that the user
2223 * space supports external authentication. This attribute shall be used
2224 * only with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request. The driver may offload
2225 * authentication processing to user space if this capability is indicated
2226 * in NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests from the user space.
2228 * @NL80211_ATTR_NSS: Station's New/updated RX_NSS value notified using this
2229 * u8 attribute. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED.
2231 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS: TXQ statistics (nested attribute, see &enum
2232 * nl80211_txq_stats)
2233 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT: Total packet limit for the TXQ queues for this phy.
2234 * The smaller of this and the memory limit is enforced.
2235 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: Total memory memory limit (in bytes) for the
2236 * TXQ queues for this phy. The smaller of this and the packet limit is
2238 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum (bytes). Number of bytes
2239 * a flow is assigned on each round of the DRR scheduler.
2240 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY: HE Capability information element (from
2241 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set
2242 * only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set.
2244 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available
2245 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined
2246 * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2248 enum nl80211_attrs {
2249 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
2250 NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC,
2253 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
2255 NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
2256 NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME,
2257 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE,
2261 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
2262 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX,
2263 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
2264 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ,
2265 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
2267 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
2268 NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD,
2269 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD,
2270 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL,
2272 NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID,
2273 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS,
2274 NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL,
2275 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES,
2276 NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN,
2277 NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO,
2279 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS,
2281 NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS,
2283 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID,
2284 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION,
2285 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP,
2286 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO,
2288 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT,
2289 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
2290 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
2292 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY,
2294 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES,
2296 NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2,
2297 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES,
2299 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG,
2301 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES,
2303 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS,
2304 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
2305 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE,
2307 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
2309 NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE,
2312 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS,
2314 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
2315 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS,
2316 NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */
2319 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR,
2320 NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE,
2322 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS,
2326 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
2327 NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE,
2329 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE,
2331 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN,
2332 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES,
2334 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE,
2335 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER,
2337 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED,
2340 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
2341 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
2342 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
2343 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD,
2345 NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT,
2347 NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,
2349 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2,
2351 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
2353 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA,
2355 NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
2357 NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP,
2358 NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE,
2360 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE,
2361 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP,
2362 NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
2363 NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES,
2365 NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE,
2366 NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE,
2368 NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID,
2377 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO,
2380 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS,
2382 NL80211_ATTR_DURATION,
2384 NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE,
2386 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS,
2388 NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES,
2390 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH,
2394 NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE,
2398 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE,
2400 NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE,
2402 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING,
2403 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL,
2405 NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES,
2406 NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES,
2407 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE,
2409 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
2410 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
2412 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN,
2414 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX,
2415 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX,
2417 NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE,
2419 NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK,
2421 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE,
2423 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
2425 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION,
2427 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP,
2429 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX,
2430 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX,
2432 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH,
2433 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE,
2435 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS,
2436 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED,
2438 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL,
2440 NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS,
2441 NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES,
2443 NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA,
2445 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS,
2446 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN,
2448 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES,
2450 NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID,
2452 NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP,
2453 NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP,
2455 NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME,
2456 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD,
2458 NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT,
2460 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH,
2461 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS,
2463 NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
2465 NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE,
2467 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION,
2468 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN,
2469 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION,
2470 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT,
2471 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP,
2473 NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME,
2475 NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK,
2477 NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS,
2479 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD,
2481 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP,
2483 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION,
2485 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT,
2486 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
2488 NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP,
2490 NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
2492 NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM,
2494 NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
2498 NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE,
2500 NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON,
2502 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA,
2504 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY,
2506 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS,
2508 NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,
2509 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1,
2510 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2,
2512 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW,
2513 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS,
2515 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE,
2517 NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY,
2519 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS,
2521 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX,
2523 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT,
2525 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
2526 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK,
2528 NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY,
2529 NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY,
2531 NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
2532 NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP,
2534 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT,
2535 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
2538 NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC,
2540 NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID,
2541 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION,
2543 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID,
2545 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
2547 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT,
2548 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX,
2549 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES,
2550 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON,
2551 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP,
2553 NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS,
2555 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS,
2557 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES,
2559 NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS,
2561 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ,
2562 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ,
2564 NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF,
2566 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID,
2567 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD,
2568 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
2569 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS,
2571 NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP,
2573 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT,
2574 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT,
2576 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA,
2578 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY,
2580 NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER,
2582 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX,
2583 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS,
2585 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR,
2587 NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM,
2589 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK,
2592 NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO,
2593 NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME,
2595 NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
2597 NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS,
2599 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK,
2601 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG,
2603 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES,
2605 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS,
2607 NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD,
2609 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY,
2611 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR,
2613 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
2614 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
2615 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
2616 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
2620 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT,
2622 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS,
2626 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA,
2628 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA,
2629 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR,
2631 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF,
2632 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID,
2633 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION,
2634 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY,
2636 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID,
2638 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
2640 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC,
2641 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH,
2643 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK,
2644 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES,
2646 NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED,
2650 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
2651 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST,
2653 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON,
2655 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME,
2656 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM,
2657 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM,
2658 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK,
2659 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
2663 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI,
2664 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS,
2666 NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS,
2667 NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME,
2668 NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
2670 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION,
2671 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT,
2674 NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL,
2676 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211,
2678 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS,
2679 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT,
2680 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT,
2681 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM,
2683 NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY,
2685 /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */
2687 __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
2688 NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
2689 NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
2692 /* source-level API compatibility */
2693 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION
2694 #define NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG
2695 #define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
2696 #define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA
2699 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them
2702 #define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
2703 #define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY
2704 #define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES
2705 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS
2706 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
2707 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE
2708 #define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE
2709 #define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE
2710 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR
2711 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE
2712 #define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
2713 #define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID
2714 #define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
2715 #define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE
2716 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE
2717 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP
2718 #define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS
2719 #define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES
2720 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY
2721 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS
2722 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
2724 #define NL80211_WIPHY_NAME_MAXLEN 64
2726 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES 32
2727 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES 77
2728 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES 64
2729 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY 0
2730 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY 16
2731 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY 24
2732 #define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN 26
2733 #define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN 12
2734 #define NL80211_HE_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN 16
2735 #define NL80211_HE_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN 54
2736 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES 5
2737 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES 2
2739 #define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME 10
2741 /* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */
2742 #define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF -300
2744 #define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL 1800
2747 * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types
2749 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides
2750 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member
2751 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member
2752 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point
2753 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces
2754 * are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing
2755 * AP type interface.
2756 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface
2757 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames
2758 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point
2759 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client
2760 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner
2761 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev
2762 * and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the
2763 * %NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE
2764 * commands to create and destroy one
2765 * @NL80211_IF_TYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS
2766 * This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true
2767 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev)
2768 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined
2769 * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types
2771 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE
2772 * to set the type of an interface.
2775 enum nl80211_iftype {
2776 NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED,
2777 NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC,
2778 NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION,
2780 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN,
2782 NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR,
2783 NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT,
2784 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT,
2785 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO,
2786 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE,
2791 NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES,
2792 NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1
2796 * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags
2798 * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is
2799 * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.)
2801 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2802 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X)
2803 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames
2804 * with short barker preamble
2805 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable
2806 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection
2807 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated
2808 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should
2809 * only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the
2810 * flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and
2811 * attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected
2813 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers
2814 * that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a
2815 * previously added station into associated state
2816 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined
2817 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2819 enum nl80211_sta_flags {
2820 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID,
2821 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED,
2822 NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
2823 NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME,
2824 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP,
2825 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED,
2826 NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER,
2827 NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED,
2830 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
2831 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
2835 * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS
2837 * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism
2838 * @@NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism
2839 * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values
2841 enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status {
2842 NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0,
2843 NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED,
2845 NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS,
2848 #define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER
2851 * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set
2852 * @mask: mask of station flags to set
2853 * @set: which values to set them to
2855 * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags.
2857 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update {
2860 } __attribute__((packed));
2863 * enum nl80211_he_gi - HE guard interval
2864 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec
2865 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec
2866 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec
2868 enum nl80211_he_gi {
2869 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8,
2870 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6,
2871 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2,
2875 * enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc - HE RU allocation values
2876 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation
2877 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation
2878 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation
2879 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation
2880 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation
2881 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation
2882 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation
2884 enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc {
2885 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26,
2886 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52,
2887 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106,
2888 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242,
2889 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484,
2890 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996,
2891 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996,
2895 * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information
2897 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE
2898 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
2899 * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents
2900 * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value.
2901 * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported
2902 * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits
2903 * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included.
2904 * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall
2905 * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels.
2907 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2908 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s)
2909 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8)
2910 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate
2911 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval
2912 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s)
2913 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined
2914 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8)
2915 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8)
2916 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate
2917 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the
2918 * same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates
2919 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate
2920 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is
2921 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
2922 * half the base (20 MHz) rate
2923 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is
2924 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
2925 * a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate
2926 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS: HE MCS index (u8, 0-11)
2927 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS: HE NSS value (u8, 1-8)
2928 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI: HE guard interval identifier
2929 * (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_gi)
2930 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM: HE DCM value (u8, 0/1)
2931 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_RU_ALLOC: HE RU allocation, if not present then
2932 * non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc)
2933 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2935 enum nl80211_rate_info {
2936 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID,
2937 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE,
2938 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS,
2939 NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH,
2940 NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI,
2941 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32,
2942 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS,
2943 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS,
2944 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH,
2945 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH,
2946 NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH,
2947 NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH,
2948 NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH,
2949 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS,
2950 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS,
2951 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI,
2952 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM,
2953 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC,
2956 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
2957 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
2961 * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA
2963 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM
2964 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
2966 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2967 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag)
2968 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
2970 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled
2972 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8)
2973 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16)
2974 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined
2975 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2977 enum nl80211_sta_bss_param {
2978 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID,
2979 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT,
2980 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
2981 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
2982 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD,
2983 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL,
2986 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST,
2987 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1
2991 * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information
2993 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO
2994 * when getting information about a station.
2996 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2997 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs)
2998 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length)
2999 * (u32, from this station)
3000 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
3001 * (u32, to this station)
3002 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length)
3003 * (u64, from this station)
3004 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
3005 * (u64, to this station)
3006 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm)
3007 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute
3008 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info
3009 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
3010 * (u32, from this station)
3011 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
3012 * (u32, to this station)
3013 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station)
3014 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs)
3015 * (u32, to this station)
3016 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm)
3017 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID
3018 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID
3019 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station
3020 * (see %enum nl80211_plink_state)
3021 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested
3022 * attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE.
3023 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute
3024 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param
3025 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected
3026 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
3027 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32)
3028 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64)
3029 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
3030 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode
3031 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards
3033 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU
3034 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm)
3035 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average
3036 * Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL.
3037 * @NL80211_STA_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also the
3038 * 802.11 header (u32, kbps)
3039 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons
3041 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64)
3042 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average
3043 * for beacons only (u8, dBm)
3044 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats)
3045 * This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the
3046 * TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames;
3047 * each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats
3048 * attributes carrying the actual values.
3049 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
3050 * received from the station (u64, usec)
3051 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3052 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL: signal strength of the last ACK frame(u8, dBm)
3053 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG: avg signal strength of (data)
3054 * ACK frame (s8, dBm)
3055 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal
3056 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute
3058 enum nl80211_sta_info {
3059 __NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID,
3060 NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME,
3061 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES,
3062 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES,
3063 NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID,
3064 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID,
3065 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE,
3066 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL,
3067 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE,
3068 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS,
3069 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS,
3070 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES,
3071 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED,
3072 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG,
3073 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE,
3074 NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM,
3075 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME,
3076 NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS,
3077 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS,
3078 NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET,
3079 NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM,
3080 NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM,
3081 NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM,
3082 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64,
3083 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64,
3084 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
3085 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG,
3086 NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT,
3087 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC,
3088 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX,
3089 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG,
3090 NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS,
3091 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION,
3092 NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD,
3093 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL,
3094 NL80211_STA_INFO_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG,
3097 __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3098 NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3102 * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes
3103 * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3104 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64)
3105 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or
3106 * attempted to transmit; u64)
3107 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for
3108 * transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64)
3109 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted
3111 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3112 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS: TXQ stats (nested attribute)
3113 * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here
3114 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
3116 enum nl80211_tid_stats {
3117 __NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID,
3118 NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU,
3119 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU,
3120 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES,
3121 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED,
3122 NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD,
3123 NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS,
3126 NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS,
3127 NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1
3131 * enum nl80211_txq_stats - per TXQ statistics attributes
3132 * @__NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3133 * @NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS: number of attributes here
3134 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES: number of bytes currently backlogged
3135 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS: number of packets currently
3137 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS: total number of new flows seen
3138 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS: total number of packet drops
3139 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS: total number of packet ECN marks
3140 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT: number of drops due to queue space overflow
3141 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY: number of drops due to memory limit overflow
3142 * (only for per-phy stats)
3143 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS: number of hash collisions
3144 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES: total number of bytes dequeued from TXQ
3145 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS: total number of packets dequeued from TXQ
3146 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS: number of flow buckets for PHY
3147 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
3149 enum nl80211_txq_stats {
3150 __NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID,
3151 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES,
3152 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS,
3153 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS,
3154 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS,
3155 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS,
3156 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT,
3157 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY,
3158 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS,
3159 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES,
3160 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS,
3161 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS,
3164 NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS,
3165 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS - 1
3169 * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags
3171 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active
3172 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running
3173 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN
3174 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set
3175 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded
3177 enum nl80211_mpath_flags {
3178 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<0,
3179 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING = 1<<1,
3180 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID = 1<<2,
3181 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED = 1<<3,
3182 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED = 1<<4,
3186 * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information
3188 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting
3189 * information about a mesh path.
3191 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3192 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination
3193 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number
3194 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path
3195 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now
3196 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in
3197 * &enum nl80211_mpath_flags;
3198 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec
3199 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries
3200 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number
3202 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3204 enum nl80211_mpath_info {
3205 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID,
3206 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN,
3207 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN,
3208 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC,
3209 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME,
3210 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS,
3211 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
3212 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES,
3215 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3216 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3220 * enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr - Interface type data attributes
3222 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3223 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag attribute
3224 * for each interface type that supports the band data
3225 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC: HE MAC capabilities as in HE
3227 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY: HE PHY capabilities as in HE
3229 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET: HE supported NSS/MCS as in HE
3231 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE: HE PPE thresholds information as
3232 * defined in HE capabilities IE
3233 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX: highest band HE capability attribute currently
3235 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3237 enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr {
3238 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID,
3240 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES,
3241 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC,
3242 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY,
3243 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET,
3244 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE,
3247 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3248 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3252 * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes
3253 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3254 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band,
3255 * an array of nested frequency attributes
3256 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band,
3257 * an array of nested bitrate attributes
3258 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
3259 * defined in 802.11n
3260 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
3261 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n
3262 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n
3263 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
3264 * defined in 802.11ac
3265 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
3266 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA: nested array attribute, with each entry using
3267 * attributes from &enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr
3268 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined
3269 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3271 enum nl80211_band_attr {
3272 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID,
3273 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS,
3274 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES,
3276 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET,
3277 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA,
3278 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR,
3279 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY,
3281 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET,
3282 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA,
3283 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA,
3286 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3287 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3290 #define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA
3293 * enum nl80211_wmm_rule - regulatory wmm rule
3295 * @__NL80211_WMMR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3296 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN: Minimum contention window slot.
3297 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX: Maximum contention window slot.
3298 * @NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN: Arbitration Inter Frame Space.
3299 * @NL80211_WMMR_TXOP: Maximum allowed tx operation time.
3300 * @nl80211_WMMR_MAX: highest possible wmm rule.
3301 * @__NL80211_WMMR_LAST: Internal use.
3303 enum nl80211_wmm_rule {
3304 __NL80211_WMMR_INVALID,
3305 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN,
3306 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX,
3311 __NL80211_WMMR_LAST,
3312 NL80211_WMMR_MAX = __NL80211_WMMR_LAST - 1
3316 * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes
3317 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3318 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz
3319 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current
3320 * regulatory domain.
3321 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation
3322 * are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe
3323 * requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing.
3324 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory
3325 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3326 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm
3328 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS
3329 * (enum nl80211_dfs_state)
3330 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in miliseconds for how long
3331 * this channel is in this DFS state.
3332 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this
3333 * channel as the control channel
3334 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this
3335 * channel as the control channel
3336 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel
3337 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible,
3338 * this includes 80+80 channels
3339 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel
3340 * using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels
3342 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
3343 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this
3344 * channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be
3345 * used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in
3346 * an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not
3347 * through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master
3348 * that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power.
3349 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this
3350 * channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on
3351 * the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz
3352 * band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS
3353 * off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be
3354 * done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under
3355 * the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS
3356 * off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and
3357 * radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e.,
3358 * wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this
3359 * attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP).
3360 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed
3361 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3362 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed
3363 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3364 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM: this channel has wmm limitations.
3365 * This is a nested attribute that contains the wmm limitation per AC.
3366 * (see &enum nl80211_wmm_rule)
3367 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number
3369 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3371 * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122
3372 * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed
3373 * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and
3374 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT.
3376 enum nl80211_frequency_attr {
3377 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID,
3378 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ,
3379 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED,
3380 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR,
3381 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS,
3382 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR,
3383 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER,
3384 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE,
3385 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME,
3386 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS,
3387 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS,
3388 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ,
3389 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ,
3390 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
3391 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY,
3392 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT,
3393 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ,
3394 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ,
3395 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM,
3398 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3399 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3402 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER
3403 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
3404 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
3405 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
3406 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \
3407 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
3410 * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes
3411 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3412 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps
3413 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported
3415 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number
3417 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3419 enum nl80211_bitrate_attr {
3420 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID,
3421 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE,
3422 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE,
3425 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3426 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3430 * enum nl80211_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request
3431 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world
3432 * regulatory domain.
3433 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the
3434 * regulatory domain.
3435 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the
3436 * wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in.
3437 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an
3438 * 802.11 country information element with regulatory information it
3439 * thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country
3440 * code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information
3441 * structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb.
3442 * If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should
3443 * be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation.
3445 enum nl80211_reg_initiator {
3446 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE,
3447 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER,
3448 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER,
3449 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE,
3453 * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain
3454 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains
3455 * to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the
3456 * ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid.
3457 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory
3459 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom
3460 * driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide
3461 * and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested
3462 * them to be applied.
3463 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product
3464 * of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously
3465 * set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory
3466 * domain request to be processed.
3468 enum nl80211_reg_type {
3469 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY,
3470 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD,
3471 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD,
3472 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION,
3476 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes
3477 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3478 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional
3479 * considerations for a given frequency range. These are the
3480 * &enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags.
3481 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory
3482 * rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory
3484 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule
3485 * in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory
3487 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this
3488 * frequency range, in KHz.
3489 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain
3490 * for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi).
3491 * If you don't have one then don't send this.
3492 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for
3493 * a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm).
3494 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
3495 * If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used.
3496 * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number
3498 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3500 enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr {
3501 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID,
3502 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS,
3504 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START,
3505 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END,
3506 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW,
3508 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN,
3509 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP,
3511 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
3514 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3515 NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3519 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes
3520 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3521 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching,
3522 * only report BSS with matching SSID.
3523 * (This cannot be used together with BSSID.)
3524 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a
3525 * BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that
3526 * if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as
3527 * the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a
3528 * matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with
3529 * how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem,
3530 * the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this
3531 * attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute.
3532 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether
3533 * %NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or
3534 * relative to current bss's RSSI.
3535 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
3536 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
3537 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
3538 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
3539 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID: BSSID to be used for matching
3540 * (this cannot be used together with SSID).
3541 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter
3542 * attribute number currently defined
3543 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3545 enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr {
3546 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID,
3548 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID,
3549 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI,
3550 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI,
3551 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
3552 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID,
3555 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3556 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX =
3557 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3560 /* only for backward compatibility */
3561 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID
3564 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags
3566 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed
3567 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed
3568 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed
3569 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed
3570 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used
3571 * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links
3572 * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links
3573 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed,
3574 * this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require
3576 * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated
3577 * base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross
3578 * multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges.
3579 * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
3580 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation
3581 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation
3582 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed
3583 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed
3585 enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags {
3586 NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM = 1<<0,
3587 NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK = 1<<1,
3588 NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR = 1<<2,
3589 NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR = 1<<3,
3590 NL80211_RRF_DFS = 1<<4,
3591 NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY = 1<<5,
3592 NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY = 1<<6,
3593 NL80211_RRF_NO_IR = 1<<7,
3594 __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS = 1<<8,
3595 NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW = 1<<11,
3596 NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<12,
3597 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<13,
3598 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<14,
3599 NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ = 1<<15,
3600 NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ = 1<<16,
3603 #define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
3604 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
3605 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
3606 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40 (NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\
3607 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS)
3608 #define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT
3610 /* For backport compatibility with older userspace */
3611 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL (NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS)
3614 * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions
3616 * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified
3617 * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC
3618 * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI
3619 * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec
3621 enum nl80211_dfs_regions {
3622 NL80211_DFS_UNSET = 0,
3623 NL80211_DFS_FCC = 1,
3624 NL80211_DFS_ETSI = 2,
3629 * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint
3631 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always
3632 * assumed if the attribute is not set.
3633 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular
3634 * base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work
3635 * properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints
3636 * by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature
3637 * capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will
3638 * ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device
3639 * present has been registered with the wireless core that
3640 * has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a
3641 * supported feature.
3642 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the
3643 * platform is operating in an indoor environment.
3645 enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type {
3646 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER = 0,
3647 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1,
3648 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR = 2,
3652 * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information
3654 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO
3655 * when getting information about a survey.
3657 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3658 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel
3659 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm)
3660 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used
3661 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio
3662 * was turned on (on channel or globally)
3663 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary
3664 * channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect)
3665 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension
3666 * channel was sensed busy
3667 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent
3668 * receiving data (on channel or globally)
3669 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent
3670 * transmitting data (on channel or globally)
3671 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan
3672 * (on this channel or globally)
3673 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3674 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number
3676 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3678 enum nl80211_survey_info {
3679 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID,
3680 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY,
3681 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE,
3682 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE,
3683 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME,
3684 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY,
3685 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY,
3686 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX,
3687 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX,
3688 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN,
3689 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD,
3692 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3693 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3696 /* keep old names for compatibility */
3697 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME
3698 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY
3699 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY
3700 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX
3701 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX
3704 * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags
3706 * Monitor configuration flags.
3708 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved
3710 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS
3711 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP
3712 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames
3713 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering
3714 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing.
3715 * overrides all other flags.
3716 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address
3717 * and ACK incoming unicast packets.
3719 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3720 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag
3722 enum nl80211_mntr_flags {
3723 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID,
3724 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL,
3725 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL,
3726 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL,
3727 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS,
3728 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES,
3729 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE,
3732 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
3733 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
3737 * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes
3739 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is
3740 * not known or has not been set yet.
3741 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is
3742 * in Awake state all the time.
3743 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will
3744 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for
3745 * neighbor's beacons.
3746 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will
3747 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up
3748 * for neighbor's beacons.
3750 * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - internal use
3751 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX - highest possible power save level
3754 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode {
3755 NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN,
3756 NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE,
3757 NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP,
3758 NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP,
3760 __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST,
3761 NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1
3765 * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters
3767 * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is
3770 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use
3772 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in
3773 * millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message
3775 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in
3776 * millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link
3778 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in
3781 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed
3782 * on this mesh interface
3784 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link
3785 * open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a
3788 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh
3791 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open
3792 * peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if
3793 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are
3796 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames
3797 * containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path
3800 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths
3803 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait
3804 * until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds)
3806 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh
3807 * points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from
3808 * the root to be valid. (TU = time unit)
3810 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
3811 * TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ
3814 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs)
3815 * that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the
3818 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not
3820 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a
3821 * source mesh point for path selection elements.
3823 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
3824 * root announcements are transmitted.
3826 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has
3827 * access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. This is done via Root
3828 * Announcement frames.
3830 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
3831 * TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a
3834 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding
3835 * or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity)
3837 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the
3838 * threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish
3841 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors
3842 * to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method
3845 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode.
3847 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute
3849 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for
3850 * which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding
3851 * information to the root mesh STA to be valid.
3853 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
3854 * proactive PREQs are transmitted.
3856 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time
3857 * (in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame
3858 * containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation.
3860 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links.
3861 * type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32)
3863 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs)
3865 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've
3866 * established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then
3867 * remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable
3868 * the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes.
3870 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3872 enum nl80211_meshconf_params {
3873 __NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID,
3874 NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT,
3875 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT,
3876 NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT,
3877 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS,
3878 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES,
3879 NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL,
3880 NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS,
3881 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES,
3882 NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME,
3883 NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
3884 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT,
3885 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL,
3886 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME,
3887 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE,
3888 NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL,
3889 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL,
3890 NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS,
3891 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL,
3892 NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING,
3893 NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD,
3894 NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR,
3895 NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE,
3896 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT,
3897 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL,
3898 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL,
3899 NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE,
3900 NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW,
3901 NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT,
3904 __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3905 NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3909 * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters
3911 * Mesh setup parameters. These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be
3912 * changed while the mesh is active.
3914 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use
3916 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a
3917 * vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the
3920 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a
3921 * vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime
3924 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a
3925 * robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element
3926 * that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and
3929 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication
3930 * daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates.
3932 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication
3933 * daemon will be securing peer link frames. AMPE is a secured version of
3934 * Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of
3935 * a userspace daemon. When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer
3936 * management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE
3937 * functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and
3938 * key management). When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can
3939 * autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a
3942 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a
3943 * vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default
3944 * neighbor offset synchronization
3946 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will
3947 * implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state.
3949 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication
3950 * method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE).
3951 * Default is no authentication method required.
3953 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number
3955 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use
3957 enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params {
3958 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID,
3959 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL,
3960 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC,
3961 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE,
3962 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
3963 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE,
3964 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC,
3965 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM,
3966 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL,
3969 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3970 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3974 * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes
3975 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved
3976 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*)
3977 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning
3979 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form
3980 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
3981 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form
3982 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
3983 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255]
3984 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
3985 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number
3987 enum nl80211_txq_attr {
3988 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID,
3989 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC,
3990 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP,
3991 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN,
3992 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX,
3993 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS,
3996 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3997 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4008 /* backward compat */
4009 #define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC
4010 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO NL80211_AC_VO
4011 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI NL80211_AC_VI
4012 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE NL80211_AC_BE
4013 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK NL80211_AC_BK
4016 * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type
4017 * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
4018 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel
4019 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
4020 * below the control channel
4021 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
4022 * above the control channel
4024 enum nl80211_channel_type {
4027 NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS,
4028 NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS
4032 * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions
4034 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH
4037 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
4038 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel
4039 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4040 * attribute must be provided as well
4041 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4042 * attribute must be provided as well
4043 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4044 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well
4045 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4046 * attribute must be provided as well
4047 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel
4048 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel
4050 enum nl80211_chan_width {
4051 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT,
4052 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
4053 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40,
4054 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80,
4055 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80,
4056 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160,
4057 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
4058 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
4062 * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS
4064 * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute.
4066 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible
4067 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide
4068 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide
4070 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width {
4071 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
4072 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
4073 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
4077 * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS
4079 * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid
4080 * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets)
4081 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32)
4082 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64)
4083 * (if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be
4084 * from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon
4085 * that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from)
4086 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16)
4087 * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16)
4088 * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the
4089 * raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin);
4090 * if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is
4091 * different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise
4092 * they are from a Beacon frame.
4093 * However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these
4094 * IEs may be from either frame subtype.
4095 * If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the
4096 * data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics.
4097 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon
4098 * in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32)
4099 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon
4100 * in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8)
4101 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used"
4102 * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms
4103 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information
4104 * elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has
4106 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel
4107 * (u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width)
4108 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64)
4109 * (not present if no beacon frame has been received yet)
4110 * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and
4111 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute)
4112 * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry
4113 * was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be
4114 * accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
4115 * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
4116 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first
4117 * octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for
4118 * this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by
4119 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64).
4120 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF
4122 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last BSS update.
4123 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm),
4124 * using the nesting index as the antenna number.
4125 * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal
4126 * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute
4129 __NL80211_BSS_INVALID,
4131 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY,
4133 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL,
4134 NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY,
4135 NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS,
4136 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM,
4137 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC,
4139 NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO,
4140 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES,
4141 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH,
4142 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF,
4143 NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA,
4144 NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME,
4146 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
4147 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID,
4148 NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
4151 __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST,
4152 NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1
4156 * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status"
4157 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS.
4158 * Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer
4159 * keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with
4161 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS.
4162 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS.
4164 * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which
4165 * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS.
4167 enum nl80211_bss_status {
4168 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED,
4169 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED,
4170 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED,
4174 * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType
4176 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication
4177 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only)
4178 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r)
4179 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP)
4180 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals
4181 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key
4182 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS
4183 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key
4184 * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal
4185 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm
4186 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by
4187 * trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out
4188 * the attribute for this on CONNECT commands.
4190 enum nl80211_auth_type {
4191 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM,
4192 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY,
4193 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT,
4194 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP,
4195 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE,
4196 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK,
4197 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS,
4198 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK,
4201 __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM,
4202 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1,
4203 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC
4207 * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type
4208 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key
4209 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key
4210 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS)
4211 * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types
4213 enum nl80211_key_type {
4214 NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP,
4215 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE,
4216 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY,
4218 NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES
4222 * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state
4223 * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used
4224 * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required
4225 * @NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL: Management frame protection is optional
4229 NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED,
4230 NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL,
4233 enum nl80211_wpa_versions {
4234 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0,
4235 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1,
4239 * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types
4240 * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid
4241 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default
4243 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default
4245 * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types
4247 enum nl80211_key_default_types {
4248 __NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID,
4249 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST,
4250 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST,
4252 NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES
4256 * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes
4257 * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid
4258 * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
4259 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
4261 * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
4262 * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
4263 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
4264 * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
4265 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
4266 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key
4267 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key
4268 * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not
4269 * specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was
4270 * given with the command using the key or not (u32)
4271 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
4272 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
4273 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
4274 * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal
4275 * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute
4277 enum nl80211_key_attributes {
4278 __NL80211_KEY_INVALID,
4283 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT,
4284 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
4286 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
4289 __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST,
4290 NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1
4294 * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes
4295 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid
4296 * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
4297 * in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with
4298 * 1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most
4299 * %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array).
4300 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
4301 * in an array of MCS numbers.
4302 * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection,
4303 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht
4304 * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi
4305 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal
4306 * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute
4308 enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes {
4309 __NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID,
4310 NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY,
4316 __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST,
4317 NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1
4320 #define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT
4321 #define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX 8
4324 * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
4325 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
4327 struct nl80211_txrate_vht {
4328 __u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX];
4331 enum nl80211_txrate_gi {
4332 NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI,
4333 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI,
4334 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI,
4338 * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band
4339 * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band
4340 * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz)
4341 * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 64.80 GHz)
4342 * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace
4343 * since newer kernel versions may support more bands
4354 * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state
4355 * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled
4356 * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled
4358 enum nl80211_ps_state {
4359 NL80211_PS_DISABLED,
4364 * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes
4365 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid
4366 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies
4367 * the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero
4368 * to disable. Alternatively, if %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST is
4369 * set, multiple values can be supplied as a low-to-high sorted array of
4370 * threshold values in dBm. Events will be sent when the RSSI value
4371 * crosses any of the thresholds.
4372 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies
4373 * the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a
4374 * new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation).
4375 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event
4376 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many
4377 * consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer
4378 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures
4379 * during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an
4380 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and
4381 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated.
4382 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given
4383 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is
4385 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic
4386 * interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and
4387 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an
4388 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting.
4389 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon
4391 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL: the RSSI value in dBm that triggered the
4392 * RSSI threshold event.
4393 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal
4394 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute
4396 enum nl80211_attr_cqm {
4397 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID,
4398 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD,
4399 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST,
4400 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT,
4401 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT,
4402 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE,
4403 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS,
4404 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL,
4405 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
4406 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL,
4409 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST,
4410 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1
4414 * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event
4415 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the
4416 * configured threshold
4417 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the
4418 * configured threshold
4419 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent)
4421 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event {
4422 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW,
4423 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH,
4424 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
4429 * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment
4430 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power
4431 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter
4432 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter
4434 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting {
4435 NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC,
4436 NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED,
4437 NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED,
4441 * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute
4442 * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
4443 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has
4444 * a zero bit are ignored
4445 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have
4446 * a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds
4447 * to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are
4448 * in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern
4449 * corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask.
4450 * For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where
4451 * xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of
4452 * twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01".
4453 * Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not
4454 * 802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked
4455 * first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched.
4456 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after
4457 * these fixed number of bytes of received packet
4458 * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes
4459 * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number
4461 enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr {
4462 __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID,
4463 NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK,
4464 NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN,
4465 NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET,
4468 MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1,
4472 * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information
4473 * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported
4474 * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern
4475 * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern
4476 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
4478 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when
4479 * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in
4480 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of
4481 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given
4482 * by the kernel to userspace.
4484 struct nl80211_pattern_support {
4486 __u32 min_pattern_len;
4487 __u32 max_pattern_len;
4488 __u32 max_pkt_offset;
4489 } __attribute__((packed));
4491 /* only for backward compatibility */
4492 #define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID
4493 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
4494 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN
4495 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET
4496 #define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT
4497 #define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT
4498 #define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support
4501 * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions
4502 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
4503 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put
4504 * the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have
4505 * support for low-power operation already (flag)
4506 * Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if
4507 * any others are even supported by the device.
4508 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect
4509 * is detected is implementation-specific (flag)
4510 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed
4511 * by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag)
4512 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns
4513 * which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute
4514 * defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern.
4515 * Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with
4516 * each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is
4517 * done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the
4518 * pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU.
4520 * In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute
4521 * carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support.
4523 * When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based
4524 * index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed
4525 * to the kernel when configuring.
4526 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be
4527 * used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported
4528 * by the device (flag)
4529 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if
4530 * done by the device) (flag)
4531 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request
4533 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag)
4534 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released
4535 * (on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag)
4536 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains
4537 * the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame
4538 * may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN
4539 * attribute contains the original length.
4540 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11
4541 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211
4542 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
4543 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the
4544 * 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may
4545 * be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute
4546 * contains the original length.
4547 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3
4548 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023
4549 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
4550 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section
4551 * "TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute
4552 * containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive
4553 * the TCP connection.
4554 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_WAKEUP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the
4555 * wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection
4556 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the
4557 * TCP connection was lost or failed to be established
4558 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only,
4559 * the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the
4561 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network
4562 * is detected. This is a nested attribute that contains the
4563 * same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN. It
4564 * specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the
4565 * channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan
4566 * results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets). This
4567 * attribute is also sent in a response to
4568 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets
4569 * supported by the driver (u32).
4570 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute
4571 * containing an array with information about what triggered the
4572 * wake up. If no elements are present in the array, it means
4573 * that the information is not available. If more than one
4574 * element is present, it means that more than one match
4576 * Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains
4577 * one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional
4578 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute. At least one of
4579 * these attributes must be present. If
4580 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one
4581 * frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one
4583 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers
4584 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number
4586 * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and
4587 * to report the wakeup reason(s).
4589 enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers {
4590 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID,
4591 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY,
4592 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT,
4593 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT,
4594 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN,
4595 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED,
4596 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE,
4597 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST,
4598 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE,
4599 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE,
4600 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211,
4601 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN,
4602 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023,
4603 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN,
4604 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION,
4605 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH,
4606 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST,
4607 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS,
4608 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT,
4609 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS,
4612 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG,
4613 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1
4617 * DOC: TCP connection wakeup
4619 * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a
4620 * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If
4621 * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given
4622 * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data
4623 * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK.
4624 * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence
4625 * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also
4626 * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive
4627 * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc.
4629 * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the
4630 * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern
4631 * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the
4632 * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is
4635 * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP
4636 * response packets might not go through correctly.
4640 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence
4641 * @start: starting value
4642 * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet
4643 * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4
4645 * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the
4646 * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet
4649 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq {
4650 __u32 start, offset, len;
4654 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config
4655 * @offset: offset of token in packet
4656 * @len: length of each token
4657 * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must
4658 * be a multiple of @len for this to make sense
4660 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token {
4662 __u8 token_stream[];
4666 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features
4667 * @min_len: minimum token length
4668 * @max_len: maximum token length
4669 * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream)
4671 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature {
4672 __u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize;
4676 * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters
4677 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
4678 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order)
4679 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address
4680 * (in network byte order)
4681 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because
4682 * route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend,
4683 * and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it
4684 * might require ARP querying.
4685 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a
4686 * socket and port will be allocated
4687 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16)
4688 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte.
4689 * For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length
4690 * of the data payload.
4691 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration
4692 * (if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature
4693 * advertising it is just a flag
4694 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration,
4695 * see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see
4696 * &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature.
4697 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum
4698 * interval in feature advertising (u32)
4699 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a
4700 * u32 attribute holding the maximum length
4701 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for
4702 * feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
4703 * but on the TCP payload only.
4704 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes
4705 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number
4707 enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs {
4708 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID,
4709 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4,
4710 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4,
4711 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC,
4712 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT,
4713 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT,
4714 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD,
4715 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ,
4716 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN,
4717 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL,
4718 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD,
4719 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK,
4722 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP,
4723 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1
4727 * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information
4728 * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported
4729 * @pat: packet pattern support information
4730 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs
4732 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the
4733 * capability information given by the kernel to userspace.
4735 struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support {
4737 struct nl80211_pattern_support pat;
4739 } __attribute__((packed));
4742 * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute
4743 * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
4744 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing
4745 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence,
4746 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition.
4747 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched
4748 * after these fixed number of bytes of received packet
4749 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes
4750 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number
4752 enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule {
4753 __NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID,
4754 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY,
4755 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION,
4756 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN,
4759 NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
4760 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1
4764 * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions
4765 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalaesce Rx packets when patterns
4766 * in a rule are matched.
4767 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns
4768 * in a rule are not matched.
4770 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition {
4771 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH,
4772 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH
4776 * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes
4777 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved)
4778 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that
4779 * can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32)
4780 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a
4781 * flag attribute for each interface type in this set
4782 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes
4783 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number
4785 enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs {
4786 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC,
4787 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX,
4788 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES,
4791 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT,
4792 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1
4796 * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes
4798 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved)
4799 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits
4800 * for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs.
4801 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of
4802 * interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't
4803 * apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed
4804 * in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE.
4805 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that
4806 * beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for
4807 * infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt
4808 * the infrastructure network's beacon interval.
4809 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many
4810 * different channels may be used within this group.
4811 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
4812 * of supported channel widths for radar detection.
4813 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
4814 * of supported regulatory regions for radar detection.
4815 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of
4816 * different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations
4817 * in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical).
4818 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes
4819 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number
4822 * limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2
4823 * => allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs
4825 * numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8,
4826 * => allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd
4828 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2
4829 * => allows two STAs on different channels
4831 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4
4832 * => allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces
4834 * The list of these four possiblities could completely be contained
4835 * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate
4836 * that any of these groups must match.
4838 * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here,
4839 * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always
4840 * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid
4841 * interface type, the following group always exists:
4842 * numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1
4844 enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs {
4845 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC,
4846 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS,
4847 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM,
4848 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH,
4849 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS,
4850 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS,
4851 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS,
4852 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD,
4855 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB,
4856 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1
4861 * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine
4863 * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit
4864 * state of non existant mesh peer links
4865 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to
4867 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received
4868 * from this mesh peer
4869 * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been
4870 * received from this mesh peer
4871 * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established
4872 * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled
4873 * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh
4874 * plink are discarded
4875 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states
4876 * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states
4878 enum nl80211_plink_state {
4879 NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN,
4880 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT,
4881 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD,
4882 NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD,
4883 NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB,
4884 NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING,
4885 NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED,
4888 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES,
4889 MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1
4893 * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers
4895 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action
4896 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment
4897 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer
4898 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions
4900 enum plink_actions {
4901 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION,
4902 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN,
4903 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK,
4905 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS,
4909 #define NL80211_KCK_LEN 16
4910 #define NL80211_KEK_LEN 16
4911 #define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN 8
4914 * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload
4915 * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
4916 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary)
4917 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary)
4918 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary)
4919 * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal)
4920 * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal)
4922 enum nl80211_rekey_data {
4923 __NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID,
4924 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK,
4925 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK,
4926 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR,
4929 NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA,
4930 MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1
4934 * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID
4935 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in
4937 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element
4939 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID
4940 * element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID
4942 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid {
4943 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE,
4944 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN,
4945 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS
4949 * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes
4950 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
4951 * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format
4952 * is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field.
4953 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same
4954 * as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down).
4955 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal
4956 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute
4958 enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr {
4959 __NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID,
4960 NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES,
4961 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP,
4964 __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST,
4965 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1
4969 * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates
4970 * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
4971 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher
4973 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets)
4974 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag)
4975 * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes
4977 * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute
4980 enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr {
4981 __NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID,
4982 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX,
4983 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID,
4984 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH,
4987 NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
4988 MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1
4992 * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION
4993 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request
4994 * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link
4995 * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established
4996 * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link
4997 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link
4999 enum nl80211_tdls_operation {
5000 NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ,
5002 NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN,
5003 NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK,
5004 NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK,
5008 * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features
5009 * Reserved for future use, no bits are defined in
5010 * NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME yet.
5011 enum nl80211_ap_sme_features {
5016 * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features
5017 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back
5018 * TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the
5020 * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates.
5021 * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up
5022 * the connected inactive stations in AP mode.
5023 * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested
5024 * to work properly to suppport receiving regulatory hints from
5025 * cellular base stations.
5026 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only
5027 * here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility)
5028 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of
5029 * equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station
5031 * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan
5032 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported
5033 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif
5034 * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting
5035 * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform
5036 * OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only
5037 * for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied.
5038 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window
5040 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic
5042 * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state
5043 * transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver
5044 * doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding
5045 * stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated
5046 * state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag
5047 * they should be added before even sending the authentication reply
5048 * and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized
5049 * states using station flags.
5050 * Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add
5051 * stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated
5052 * stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask.
5053 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits
5054 * (HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set
5055 * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh
5056 * Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for
5057 * beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is
5058 * still generated by the driver.
5059 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor
5060 * interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor
5061 * interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming
5062 * unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed.
5063 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic
5064 * channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the
5065 * lifetime of a BSS.
5066 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter
5067 * Set IE to probe requests.
5068 * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE
5069 * to probe requests.
5070 * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period
5071 * requests sent to it by an AP.
5072 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the
5073 * current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum
5074 * management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link
5075 * Measurement Report action frame.
5076 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout
5077 * estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used
5079 * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial
5080 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
5081 * even on HT connections that should be using more chains.
5082 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial
5083 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
5084 * and then wake the rest up as required after, for example,
5085 * rts/cts handshake.
5086 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM
5087 * TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS
5088 * command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it
5089 * needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things.
5090 * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring
5091 * the vif's MAC address upon creation.
5092 * See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h).
5093 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when
5094 * operating as a TDLS peer.
5095 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
5096 * random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the
5097 * %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC
5098 * address mask/value will be used.
5099 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports
5100 * using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled
5101 * scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
5102 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
5103 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
5104 * random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e.
5105 * scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
5106 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
5108 enum nl80211_feature_flags {
5109 NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS = 1 << 0,
5110 NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS = 1 << 1,
5111 NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER = 1 << 2,
5112 NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS = 1 << 3,
5113 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL = 1 << 4,
5114 NL80211_FEATURE_SAE = 1 << 5,
5115 NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN = 1 << 6,
5116 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH = 1 << 7,
5117 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN = 1 << 8,
5118 NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER = 1 << 9,
5119 NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN = 1 << 10,
5120 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN = 1 << 11,
5121 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS = 1 << 12,
5122 /* bit 13 is reserved */
5123 NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS = 1 << 14,
5124 NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE = 1 << 15,
5125 NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM = 1 << 16,
5126 NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR = 1 << 17,
5127 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE = 1 << 18,
5128 NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 19,
5129 NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 20,
5130 NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET = 1 << 21,
5131 NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION = 1 << 22,
5132 NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION = 1 << 23,
5133 NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS = 1 << 24,
5134 NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS = 1 << 25,
5135 NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION = 1 << 26,
5136 NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE = 1 << 27,
5137 NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = 1 << 28,
5138 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 29,
5139 NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 30,
5140 NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 31,
5144 * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features.
5145 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates.
5146 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can
5147 * can request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with
5148 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set
5149 * the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if
5150 * NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertized.
5151 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air
5152 * sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from
5153 * certain groups which can be configured by the
5154 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute,
5155 * or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the
5156 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute.
5157 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual
5158 * time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of
5159 * the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
5161 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the
5162 * time the last beacon/probe was received. The time is the TSF of the
5163 * BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
5165 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of
5166 * channel dwell time.
5167 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate
5168 * configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non HT/VHT) rate.
5169 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate
5170 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates.
5171 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate
5172 * configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates.
5173 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup
5174 * with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode.
5175 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA
5176 * in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated.
5177 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports
5178 * randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated.
5179 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan
5180 * for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS
5181 * (%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI).
5182 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST: With this driver the
5183 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD attribute accepts a list of zero or more
5184 * RSSI threshold values to monitor rather than exactly one threshold.
5185 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD: Driver SME supports FILS shared key
5186 * authentication with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
5187 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way
5188 * handshake with PSK in station mode (PSK is passed as part of the connect
5189 * and associate commands), doing it in the host might not be supported.
5190 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X: Device wants to do doing 4-way
5191 * handshake with 802.1X in station mode (will pass EAP frames to the host
5192 * and accept the set_pmk/del_pmk commands), doing it in the host might not
5194 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: Driver is capable of overriding
5195 * the max channel attribute in the FILS request params IE with the
5196 * actual dwell time.
5197 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver accepts broadcast probe
5199 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: Driver supports sending
5200 * the first probe request in each channel at rate of at least 5.5Mbps.
5201 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: Driver supports
5202 * probe request tx deferral and suppression
5203 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL: Driver supports the %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL
5204 * value in %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP.
5205 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN: Driver supports low span scan.
5206 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN: Driver supports low power scan.
5207 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN: Driver supports high accuracy scan.
5208 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD: HW/driver will offload DFS actions.
5209 * Device or driver will do all DFS-related actions by itself,
5210 * informing user-space about CAC progress, radar detection event,
5211 * channel change triggered by radar detection event.
5212 * No need to start CAC from user-space, no need to react to
5213 * "radar detected" event.
5214 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: Driver supports sending and
5215 * receiving control port frames over nl80211 instead of the netdevice.
5216 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT: This Driver support data ack
5217 * rssi if firmware support, this flag is to intimate about ack rssi
5218 * support to nl80211.
5219 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS: Driver supports FQ-CoDel-enabled intermediate
5221 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN: Driver/device supports randomizing the
5222 * SN in probe request frames if requested by %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN.
5223 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: Driver/device can omit all data
5224 * except for supported rates from the probe request content if requested
5225 * by the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT flag.
5227 * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features.
5228 * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index.
5230 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index {
5231 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS,
5232 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM,
5233 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER,
5234 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME,
5235 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
5236 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL,
5237 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
5238 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT,
5239 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT,
5240 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA,
5241 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA,
5242 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED,
5243 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
5244 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST,
5245 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD,
5246 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK,
5247 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X,
5248 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME,
5249 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
5250 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE,
5251 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION,
5252 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL,
5253 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN,
5254 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN,
5255 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN,
5256 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD,
5257 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211,
5258 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT,
5259 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS,
5260 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN,
5261 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT,
5263 /* add new features before the definition below */
5264 NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES,
5265 MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1
5269 * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported
5270 * protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW.
5271 * To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute.
5272 * Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported
5273 * protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a
5274 * supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded
5277 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1
5278 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2
5279 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P
5280 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u
5282 enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr {
5283 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS = 1<<0,
5284 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 = 1<<1,
5285 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P = 1<<2,
5286 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U = 1<<3,
5290 * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons
5291 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be
5292 * handled by the AP is reached.
5293 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL.
5295 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason {
5296 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS,
5297 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT,
5301 * enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons
5303 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified.
5304 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out.
5305 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out.
5306 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out.
5308 enum nl80211_timeout_reason {
5309 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED,
5310 NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN,
5311 NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH,
5312 NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC,
5316 * enum nl80211_scan_flags - scan request control flags
5318 * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling
5319 * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN
5322 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN, NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER, and
5323 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY flags are exclusive of each other, i.e., only
5324 * one of them can be used in the request.
5326 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority
5327 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning
5328 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured
5329 * as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is
5330 * dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames
5331 * will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only
5332 * when really needed
5333 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or
5334 * for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the
5335 * flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and
5336 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only
5337 * the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder
5338 * randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits,
5339 * locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed.
5340 * This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check
5341 * the nl80211 feature flags for the device.
5342 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: fill the dwell time in the FILS
5343 * request parameters IE in the probe request
5344 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: accept broadcast probe responses
5345 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: send probe request frames at
5346 * rate of at least 5.5M. In case non OCE AP is dicovered in the channel,
5347 * only the first probe req in the channel will be sent in high rate.
5348 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: allow probe request
5349 * tx deferral (dot11FILSProbeDelay shall be set to 15ms)
5350 * and suppression (if it has received a broadcast Probe Response frame,
5351 * Beacon frame or FILS Discovery frame from an AP that the STA considers
5352 * a suitable candidate for (re-)association - suitable in terms of
5354 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN: Span corresponds to the total time taken to
5355 * accomplish the scan. Thus, this flag intends the driver to perform the
5356 * scan request with lesser span/duration. It is specific to the driver
5357 * implementations on how this is accomplished. Scan accuracy may get
5358 * impacted with this flag.
5359 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER: This flag intends the scan attempts to consume
5360 * optimal possible power. Drivers can resort to their specific means to
5361 * optimize the power. Scan accuracy may get impacted with this flag.
5362 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY: Accuracy here intends to the extent of scan
5363 * results obtained. Thus HIGH_ACCURACY scan flag aims to get maximum
5364 * possible scan results. This flag hints the driver to use the best
5365 * possible scan configuration to improve the accuracy in scanning.
5366 * Latency and power use may get impacted with this flag.
5367 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN: randomize the sequence number in probe
5368 * request frames from this scan to avoid correlation/tracking being
5370 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: minimize probe request content to
5371 * only have supported rates and no additional capabilities (unless
5372 * added by userspace explicitly.)
5374 enum nl80211_scan_flags {
5375 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY = 1<<0,
5376 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH = 1<<1,
5377 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP = 1<<2,
5378 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR = 1<<3,
5379 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME = 1<<4,
5380 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP = 1<<5,
5381 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE = 1<<6,
5382 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION = 1<<7,
5383 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN = 1<<8,
5384 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER = 1<<9,
5385 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY = 1<<10,
5386 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN = 1<<11,
5387 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT = 1<<12,
5391 * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy
5393 * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by
5394 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to
5395 * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY.
5397 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are
5398 * listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed
5399 * in ACL to authenticate.
5400 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed
5401 * in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL.
5403 enum nl80211_acl_policy {
5404 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED,
5405 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED,
5409 * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode
5411 * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode)
5413 * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas).
5414 * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna)
5415 * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and
5416 * turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS).
5418 enum nl80211_smps_mode {
5420 NL80211_SMPS_STATIC,
5421 NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC,
5423 __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST,
5424 NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1
5428 * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation
5430 * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace
5431 * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC)
5433 * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is
5435 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished,
5436 * the channel is now available.
5437 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no
5438 * change to the channel status.
5439 * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is
5440 * over, channel becomes usable.
5441 * @NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED: Channel Availability Check done on this
5442 * non-operating channel is expired and no longer valid. New CAC must
5443 * be done on this channel before starting the operation. This is not
5444 * applicable for ETSI dfs domain where pre-CAC is valid for ever.
5445 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED: Channel Availability Check has been started,
5446 * should be generated by HW if NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD is enabled.
5448 enum nl80211_radar_event {
5449 NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED,
5450 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED,
5451 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED,
5452 NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED,
5453 NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED,
5454 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED,
5458 * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels
5460 * Channel states used by the DFS code.
5462 * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability
5463 * check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS.
5464 * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it
5465 * is therefore marked as not available.
5466 * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available.
5468 enum nl80211_dfs_state {
5470 NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE,
5471 NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE,
5475 * enum enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features
5476 * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting
5477 * wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute
5478 * %NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the
5479 * wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or
5480 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV.
5482 enum nl80211_protocol_features {
5483 NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP = 1 << 0,
5487 * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers
5489 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified.
5490 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol.
5491 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol.
5492 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol.
5493 * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last.
5495 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id {
5496 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC,
5497 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP,
5498 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL,
5499 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA,
5500 /* add other protocols before this one */
5501 NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO
5504 /* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */
5505 #define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION 5000 /* msec */
5508 * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame.
5510 * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt()
5512 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver.
5514 enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags {
5515 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0,
5519 * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set
5520 * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated
5521 * yet, so that's not valid so far)
5523 #define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX 0x80000000
5526 * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data
5527 * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the
5528 * value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID
5529 * may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be
5530 * added to this file when needed.
5531 * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command
5533 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info {
5539 * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags.
5541 * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need
5542 * to be added to TDLS Setup frames.
5544 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable.
5545 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable.
5546 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable.
5548 enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability {
5549 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0,
5550 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1,
5551 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2,
5555 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan
5556 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
5557 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In
5559 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this
5560 * scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute
5561 * because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will
5562 * make the scan plan meaningless.
5563 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number
5565 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use
5567 enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan {
5568 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID,
5569 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
5570 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
5573 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST,
5574 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX =
5575 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1
5579 * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters.
5581 * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment. The value
5582 * of this field is according to &enum nl80211_band.
5583 * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS in dB.
5585 struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust {
5588 } __attribute__((packed));
5591 * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection.
5593 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved.
5594 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection
5596 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS
5597 * selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred.
5598 * When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver
5599 * shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of
5600 * this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32).
5601 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
5602 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
5603 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
5604 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
5605 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number.
5606 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use.
5608 * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT
5609 * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour
5610 * which the driver shall use.
5612 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr {
5613 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID,
5614 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI,
5615 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF,
5616 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
5619 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
5620 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
5624 * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type
5626 * Defines the function type of a NAN function
5628 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish
5629 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe
5630 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up
5632 enum nl80211_nan_function_type {
5633 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH,
5634 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE,
5635 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP,
5638 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST,
5639 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1,
5643 * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type
5645 * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames
5647 * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited
5648 * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited
5650 enum nl80211_nan_publish_type {
5651 NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0,
5652 NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1,
5656 * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason
5658 * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function
5660 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user
5661 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout
5662 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored
5664 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason {
5665 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST,
5666 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED,
5667 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR,
5670 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6
5671 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff
5672 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff
5675 * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes
5676 * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid
5677 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8).
5678 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as
5679 * specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute.
5680 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is
5681 * publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery
5682 * Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8.
5683 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited
5684 * publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to
5685 * the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag.
5686 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is
5687 * subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag.
5688 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up.
5689 * The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8.
5690 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type
5691 * is follow up. This is a u8.
5692 * The requestor instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame.
5693 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the
5694 * follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute.
5695 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a
5696 * close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device.
5698 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should
5699 * stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32.
5700 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service
5701 * specific info. This is a binary attribute.
5702 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute.
5703 * See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes.
5704 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested
5705 * attribute. It is a list of binary values.
5706 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a
5707 * nested attribute. It is a list of binary values.
5708 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function.
5709 * Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0.
5710 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason.
5711 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason.
5713 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal
5714 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute
5716 enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes {
5717 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID,
5718 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE,
5719 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID,
5720 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE,
5721 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST,
5722 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE,
5723 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID,
5724 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID,
5725 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST,
5726 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE,
5727 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL,
5728 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO,
5729 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF,
5730 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER,
5731 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER,
5732 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID,
5733 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON,
5736 NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR,
5737 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1
5741 * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes
5742 * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid
5743 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set.
5745 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if
5746 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary.
5747 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if
5748 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8.
5749 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if
5750 * and only if %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested
5751 * attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address.
5752 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal
5753 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute
5755 enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes {
5756 __NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID,
5757 NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE,
5759 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX,
5760 NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS,
5763 NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR,
5764 NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1,
5768 * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes
5769 * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid
5770 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the
5771 * match. This is a nested attribute.
5772 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
5773 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function
5774 * that caused the match. This is a nested attribute.
5775 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
5777 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal
5778 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute
5780 enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes {
5781 __NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID,
5782 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL,
5783 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER,
5786 NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR,
5787 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1
5791 * nl80211_external_auth_action - Action to perform with external
5792 * authentication request. Used by NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION.
5793 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START: Start the authentication.
5794 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT: Abort the ongoing authentication.
5796 enum nl80211_external_auth_action {
5797 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START,
5798 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT,
5801 #endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */
projects / cross.git / blob